BEGIN:VCALENDAR
VERSION:2.0
PRODID:-//Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame &amp; Museum - ECPv6.15.20//NONSGML v1.0//EN
CALSCALE:GREGORIAN
METHOD:PUBLISH
X-WR-CALNAME:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame &amp; Museum
X-ORIGINAL-URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org
X-WR-CALDESC:Events for Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame &amp; Museum
REFRESH-INTERVAL;VALUE=DURATION:PT1H
X-Robots-Tag:noindex
X-PUBLISHED-TTL:PT1H
BEGIN:VTIMEZONE
TZID:America/Chicago
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0600
TZOFFSETTO:-0500
TZNAME:CDT
DTSTART:20240310T080000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0500
TZOFFSETTO:-0600
TZNAME:CST
DTSTART:20241103T070000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0600
TZOFFSETTO:-0500
TZNAME:CDT
DTSTART:20250309T080000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0500
TZOFFSETTO:-0600
TZNAME:CST
DTSTART:20251102T070000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0600
TZOFFSETTO:-0500
TZNAME:CDT
DTSTART:20260308T080000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0500
TZOFFSETTO:-0600
TZNAME:CST
DTSTART:20261101T070000
END:STANDARD
BEGIN:DAYLIGHT
TZOFFSETFROM:-0600
TZOFFSETTO:-0500
TZNAME:CDT
DTSTART:20270314T080000
END:DAYLIGHT
BEGIN:STANDARD
TZOFFSETFROM:-0500
TZOFFSETTO:-0600
TZNAME:CST
DTSTART:20271107T070000
END:STANDARD
END:VTIMEZONE
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250529T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250529T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250121T193444Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250127T211255Z
UID:10001047-1748545200-1748552400@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Larry Stephenson Band
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/larry-stephenson-band/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Larry-Stephenson-Square-1.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250606T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250606T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250121T195048Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250211T215746Z
UID:10001048-1749236400-1749243600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Junior Sisk
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/junior-sisk/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/01/Junior-Sisk-Square.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250625T080000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250628T233000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250127T225737Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250127T225919Z
UID:10001051-1750838400-1751153400@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:ROMP Festival 2025
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/romp-festival-2025/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/12/Instagram-Announce-V4-Final.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250707T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250707T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250408T135649Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250408T135732Z
UID:10001053-1751914800-1751922000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Mighty Poplar
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/mightypoplar/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/03/Mighty-Poplar-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250710T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250710T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250529T173207Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250529T173230Z
UID:10001065-1752174000-1752181200@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Rick Faris Album Release Concert
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/rick-faris-album-release/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, 42301\, USA
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/webp:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/meta_eyJzcmNCdWNrZXQiOiJiemdsZmlsZXMifQ-9.webp
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro 42301 USA;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250731T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250731T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250513T135855Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250723T220251Z
UID:10001063-1753988400-1753995600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Ketch Secor (Of Old Crow Medicine Show): Story The Crow Told Me Tour
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/ketch-secor/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Ketch-Secor-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250816T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250816T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250416T205417Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250515T163900Z
UID:10001060-1755370800-1755378000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Lanham Brothers Jamboree August 2025
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/august-2025-jamboree/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Lanham-Brothers-Jamboree-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250823T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250823T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250409T182828Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250724T203701Z
UID:10001056-1755975600-1755982800@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Danny Paisley & The Southern Grass
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/dannypaisley/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Danny-Paisley-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250829T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250829T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250403T193008Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250724T204151Z
UID:10001054-1756494000-1756501200@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Rob Ickes & Trey Hensley
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/rob-and-trey/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Rob-Ickes-Trey-Hensley-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250905T200000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250905T220000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250407T110048Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250904T183020Z
UID:10001055-1757102400-1757109600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Billy Strings & Bryan Sutton with Royal Masat - 9/5
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/billystrings-bryansutton/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/BS25-BBR-Tour-Localized-1080x1080-OWENSBORO.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250906T200000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250906T220000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250904T182702Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250904T183110Z
UID:10001073-1757188800-1757196000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Billy Strings & Bryan Sutton with Royal Masat - 9/6
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/billystrings-bryansutton-copy/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/png:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/BS25-BBR-Tour-Localized-1080x1080-OWENSBORO.png
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250911T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250911T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250410T190724Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250724T204838Z
UID:10001057-1757617200-1757624400@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Jason Carter Band
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/jasoncarterband/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Jason-Carter-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250921T160000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250921T180000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250526T142209Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250725T175625Z
UID:10001064-1758470400-1758477600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Kathy Mattea
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/kathy-mattea/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/05/Kathy-Mattea-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20250926T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20250926T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250418T202928Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250725T175816Z
UID:10001058-1758913200-1758920400@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Ralph Stanley II & The Clinch Mountain Boys
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/ralphstanley/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Ralph-Stanely-II-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251003T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251003T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250708T180912Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250728T161009Z
UID:10001067-1759518000-1759525200@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Southern Legacy
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/southern-legacy/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/Southern-Legacy-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251010T150000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251011T203000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250618T195608Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20251007T145113Z
UID:10001066-1760108400-1760214600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:ROMPtober Weekend 2025
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/romptober-weekend-2025/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, 42301\, USA
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/06/ROMPtober-2025-Square-Graphic-2.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro 42301 USA;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251018T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251018T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201708
CREATED:20250505T204805Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250725T180626Z
UID:10001062-1760814000-1760821200@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Donna The Buffalo
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/donna-the-buffalo/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Donna-The-Buffalo-Square.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251024T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251024T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20250715T181309Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250725T180920Z
UID:10001069-1761332400-1761339600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:The Grascals
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/thegrascals/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/The-Grascals-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251028T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251028T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20250911T155706Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250911T204218Z
UID:10001075-1761678000-1761685200@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Hayde Bluegrass Orchestra
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/haydebluegrassorchestra/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Hayde-Bluegrass-Orchestra-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251107T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251107T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20250715T190159Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250725T181245Z
UID:10001068-1762542000-1762549200@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:The Steel Wheels
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/thesteelwheels/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/07/The-Steel-Wheels-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251114T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251114T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20250805T173423Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250808T195435Z
UID:10001071-1763146800-1763154000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Larry Sparks & The Lonesome Ramblers
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/larrysparks/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Larry-Sparks-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251121T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251121T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20250421T162145Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250909T194851Z
UID:10001061-1763751600-1763758800@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Russell Moore & IIIrd Tyme Out
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/russellmoore/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/04/Russell-Moore-Square-Graphic-1.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251205T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251205T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20250808T195130Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250817T001458Z
UID:10001072-1764961200-1764968400@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Ricky Skaggs & Kentucky Thunder Christmas
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/rickyskaggschristmas/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Ricky-Skaggs-Christmas-2025-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251212T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251212T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20250909T172435Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250909T173552Z
UID:10001074-1765566000-1765573200@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Asleep At The Wheel
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/asleepatthewheel/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Asleep-At-The-Wheel-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251213T150000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251213T163000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20251006T163402Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20251014T143438Z
UID:10001079-1765638000-1765643400@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Randy Lanham & Friends Christmas Jam
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/christmasjam/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/Randy-Friends-Christmas-Jam-Square.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20251213T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20251213T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20251006T162132Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20251006T163537Z
UID:10001078-1765652400-1765659600@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Lanham Brothers Jamboree
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/christmasjamboree/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/2025-Christmas-Jamboree-Square.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20260131T180000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20260131T220000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20251018T150006Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20260131T225059Z
UID:10001080-1769882400-1769896800@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:John Hartford Days
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/johnhartford/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, 42301\, USA
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/10/John-Hartford-2026-Square.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro 42301 USA;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20260214T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20260214T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20250921T192011Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20251014T183459Z
UID:10001076-1771095600-1771102800@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Yonder Mountain String Band
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/yonder/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Yonder-Mt-String-Band-Social-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20260306T190000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20260306T210000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20250923T194922Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20250924T135621Z
UID:10001077-1772823600-1772830800@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Dan Tyminski Band
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/dan-tyminski/
LOCATION:Woodward Theatre\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, KY\, 42301\, United States
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/09/Dan-Tyminski-Square-Graphic.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Woodward Theatre 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro KY 42301 United States;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
BEGIN:VEVENT
DTSTART;TZID=America/Chicago:20260313T100000
DTEND;TZID=America/Chicago:20260314T233000
DTSTAMP:20260429T201709
CREATED:20251114T190526Z
LAST-MODIFIED:20260313T173654Z
UID:10001082-1773396000-1773531000@www.bluegrasshall.org
SUMMARY:Jerry Garcia:  A Bluegrass Journey Farewell Weekend
DESCRIPTION:Immerse yourself in the heart and soul of bluegrass music at the inaugural Bluegrass Unlimited Experience. You’ll receive hands-on instruction led by seasoned professionals\, featuring classes in Guitar\, Banjo\, Mandolin\, Fiddle\, Bass\, and Bluegrass Vocals. Join us for an unforgettable musical journey that will inspire your creativity and deepen your love for bluegrass! This camp is designed for musicians who know basic knowledge of their instrument. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Details:\nDate: Friday\, February 7th – Sunday\, February 9th\, 2025 \nLocation: Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum in Owensboro\, Kentucky \nWorkshop Fee: $495 \nFriday\, February 7th \n\n1pm – 4pm\n\nBill Monroe Excursion in Rosine\, KY featuring a guided tour of the Bill Monroe Homeplace\, The Bill Monroe Museum\, and the Bill Monroe Grave Site. *Must provide your own transportation*\n\n\n\n\n5:30pm – Registration at the Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame and Museum.\n6PM – Meet & Greet your instructors and classmates. Refreshments provided.\n7pm – 9pm Class One\n9pm – Opening Night Jam\n\nSaturday\, Feb 8th \n\n9am – 11am Class Two\n11:30am Lunch (Included)\n1pm – 3pm Class Three\n4pm – 6pm Class Four\n6pm Dinner (Included)\n7PM – 8PM Instructor Concert\n8PM – Open Jam\n\nSunday\, Feb 9th \n\n9am – 11am Class Five\n1:30 PM – 4:30PM – Open Jam\n\n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n			\n							REGISTRATION\n					\n\n	\n\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	\n				\n				\n				\n					\n	\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Course Offerings\nGuitar: Instructor Tim May\n \nTim May has been working in the Nashville Area for over 20 years.  Having toured with artists Patty Loveless and John Cowan\, he also worked as a regular on the Grand Ole Opry with Mike Snider.  Tim has been a regular teacher at multiple music camps including Camp Bluegrass\, Kaufman Kamp\, Colorado Roots Music Camp\, Nashcamp\, and others. \nGuitar Course Descriptions \nClass One: Bluegrass Guitar\nIn this session\, we’ll dive into the intricacies of bluegrass rhythm\, focusing on bass runs\, alternating bass choices\, and dynamic variations. We’ll study the playing techniques of bluegrass legends like Tony Rice\, Jimmy Martin\, and others to understand how they shaped the foundation of bluegrass guitar. \nClass Two: Introduction to Soloing\nExpanding on our rhythm work\, we’ll explore the art of soloing\, starting with the iconic Maybelle Carter’s style and the innovative way Norman Blake transformed her rhythm/solo technique\, famously known as “The Carter Scratch.” This class will lay the groundwork for incorporating solos into your bluegrass playing. \nClass Three: Crafting Memorable Solos\nHere\, we’ll explore how to take a simple melody and elevate it with embellishments like “neighbor notes\,” tremolo\, harmonized scales\, and other techniques that add complexity and flair to your solos\, making them truly stand out. \nClass Four: Crosspicking\nWe’ll examine George Shuffler’s pioneering crosspicking style\, which mimicked the banjo roll with a repeating three-note pattern. This technique is perfect for playing melodies\, particularly on vocal-driven songs. We’ll also explore how renowned flatpickers like Clarence White and Doc Watson employed crosspicking to create their signature sound. \nClass Five: Improvisation\nIn this class\, we’ll focus on improvisation techniques that allow you to create unique solos on songs you’ve never heard before. Drawing inspiration from Duke Ellington’s concept of “Spontaneous Composition\,” we’ll cover targeting chord tones\, arpeggios\, and incorporating blues notes to make every solo feel fresh and original. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Banjo: Instructor – Alan Munde\n \nAlan Munde is a true pioneer in the bluegrass music industry.  He played with Jimmy Martin and Byron Berline\, Roland White\, and Clarence White.  In addition\, he’s recorded with Sam Bush and John Cowan.  Alan won the Steve Martin Banjo prize in 2021 and is a member of the IBMA Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame. \nBanjo Course Descriptions \nClass One: Banjo Rolls \nThis class will cover the fundamentals of banjo rolls\, demonstrating how basic rolls are used to structure melodies. We will also introduce strategies for bluegrass backup\, focusing on combining chord shapes\, rolls\, licks\, and runs to create effective banjo accompaniment\, along with a method for integrating all these elements. \nClass Two: Understanding the Fingerboard \nThis class covers nine chord shapes\, providing a roadmap for organizing the fingerboard in all twelve keys. It will also expand your toolbox for playing solos and backup\, particularly on slower songs. \nClass Three: Finding The Melody \nDiscover tips for identifying chord changes and the melody in songs. We will also cover the phonetics of bluegrass banjo which include rolls\, maneuvers\, and licks that form the core language of bluegrass banjo playing. \nClass Four: Melodic Style \nThe Melodic Style focuses on playing fiddle tunes and emphasizes the unique approach required to navigate the fingerboard in order to perform them effectively. \nClass Five: Creating Solos & Banjo Licks \nThis class will focus on creating bluegrass banjo solos by combining rolls and melodies in a stylized manner. It also emphasizes expanding our lick vocabulary to inspire creativity and enhance our music-making. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bass: Instructor – Vickie Vaughn\n \nBassist and vocalist Vickie Vaughn fronts the Vickie Vaughn Band\, a progressive bluegrass ensemble. She has performed at DelFest and on the Grand Ole Opry and has toured as a backing vocalist with Patty Loveless. Vaughn also performs in the bluegrass bands High Fidelity and Della Mae. In 2023\, she was named the International Bluegrass Music Association’s Bass Player of the Year. \nBass Course Description \nClass One: Setting the Foundation – Timing\, Note Choice\, & Tone \nIn this first class\, we will establish the core elements that every Bluegrass bassist needs to know: solid timing\, the importance of note choice\, and how to achieve the right tone for Bluegrass. \nClass Two: Funky Walk-Ups and Walking Bass Lines \nLearn how to add character and flair to your bass lines with funky walk-ups and smooth walking bass lines. These techniques are a signature of the Bluegrass sound and will give your bass playing a new level of groove. \nClass Three: The Nashville Number System \nThis class will introduce you to the Nashville Number System\, a critical skill for all Bluegrass players. This system allows you to play in any key and gives you a higher-level understanding of the chord structure in Bluegrass music. \nClass Four: Mastering the Art of Bass Fills – When and Where to Play \nThis class will focus on the skillful art of adding bass fills into your playing. We’ll explore where and when it’s appropriate to insert fills to enhance the music. \nClass Five: Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method – Bringing Groove to Bluegrass \nIn this final class\, students will explore Vickie’s Honky Tonk Bass Method\, a unique approach designed to bring both swing and funk to your Bluegrass bass playing. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Fiddle: Instructor – Maddie Denton\n \nA third-generation fiddle player\, Maddie Denton is the 2016 Grand Masters Fiddle Champion and the owner of 14 state championship titles.  She currently plays fiddle and sings tenor in the Dan Tyminski Band in addition to East Nash Grass. \nClass One: Fiddle Fingerboard Exploration \nClass Two: Improvisation Breakdown \nClass Three: Basic Music Theory \nClass Four: Tips For Playing Pesky Keys \nClass Five: Removing Fiddle Obstacles \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Mandolin: Instructor – Scott Napier\n \nScott Napier is a talented mandolin player renowned for his skill in blending traditional bluegrass techniques with modern influences\, creating a style that is both innovative and deeply rooted in classic sounds. Over the years\, Napier has toured and recorded with some of the most prominent names in bluegrass music. For the past decade\, he has been a leading figure in bluegrass music education. As of March 2024\, Napier is spearheading the new Capital Bluegrass & Traditional Music Program at Owensboro Community & Technical College. Napier was a recent nominee for the International Bluegrass Music’s Associations Mentor of the Year award. \nMandolin Course Descriptions \nClass One: Covering The Basics! Essentials for all levels. \nClass Two: Learning Tunes & Ear Training – The many ways to go about it. \nClass Three: Let’s Write a Tune! \nClass Four: Intro to building speed in your playing. Learn to play fast! \nClass Fine: Gather At The River – 50 years of Bluegrass Gospel Mandolin. \nA look at some of bluegrass gospel’s most iconic mandolin kick offs\, solos\, & hymn interpretations. \n\n	\n\n\n	\n		\n	Bluegrass Vocals: Instructors – Jen Larson & Rick Faris\n \nJen Larson is a Nashville-based vocalist and also the former Archives Manager for the Grand Ole Opry Archives. As a vocalist and songwriter\, Jen draws deeply from the early country and bluegrass music catalogs\, and she has garnered critical praise for her work with the former band\, Straight Drive. She has performed widely\, with appearances at New York City’s Town Hall for several live broadcasts of Garrison Keillor’s “A Prairie Home Companion”\, at the Wheeling Jamboree\, Carnegie Hall\, and many other regional and national festivals and concerts. Jen has also contributed vocal lead and harmony recordings as part of Artistworks bluegrass vocals curriculum taught by Michael Daves. \nClass One: Signature Elements of Bluegrass Vocals \nThis class will introduce bluegrass music and its distinctive vocal style\, exploring how it differs from country\, old-time\, and folk music. We’ll discuss the “high lonesome sound” and examine iconic vocalists who defined the genre. The Nashville numbering system will be introduced to help with learning vocal parts\, followed by a class exercise on reading song charts. The song for this class is “New River Train” by Charlie and Bill Monroe. \nClass Two: Lead\, Harmony & Duet Singing – Featuring Rick Faris \nSession Two will dive into lead and harmony singing\, emphasizing how lead singing drives a band and harmony is shaped by the melody. We will discuss finding personal connection with songs and the importance of transposing songs to fit vocal ranges. The class explores the influence of “brother duets” and close harmony on bluegrass\, highlighting famous vocal partnerships and the significance of listening and blending. The song for this session is Memories of Mother and Dad by Bill Monroe and Jimmy Martin. \nClass Three: Song Arranging \nThis session will include a recap of memories of Mother and Dad\, incorporating a staggered\, syncopated chorus to enhance the song’s emotional impact. We’ll explore the importance of pre-bluegrass source recordings with the song Where the Soul of Man Never Dies and discover how older songs can be reworked by different generations of musicians. \nClass Four: Introduction To Trio Singing \nWe will cover the basics of trio singing\, focusing on “standard” and “stacked” trios. Standard trios consist of a lead\, tenor\, and baritone\, as heard in classic Jimmy Martin songs\, with Paul Williams on tenor and J.D. Crowe on baritone\, or in the Osborne Brothers with Bobby on tenor and Sonny on baritone. Stacked trios feature a high lead\, low tenor\, and baritone\, as demonstrated by the Stanley Brothers and the Osborne Brothers in “Once More.” Female vocalists like Rhonda Vincent and Dolly Parton also use stacked trios. The “flipping trios” exercise\, switching parts\, helps train the ear and alter a song’s sound. We will focus on the song If That’s the Way You Feel by the Stanley Brothers. \nClass Five: Putting It Together \nIn this review session\, students will pair up or form trios to perform a song they’ve worked on during the course\, or another song they’d like to try\, focusing on lead and harmonies by ear. They’ll have time to rehearse together before presenting their performance to the group. This is a valuable opportunity to apply what you’ve learned\, collaborate\, and workshop bluegrass vocal style in a supportive\, relaxed setting. \n \nRick started out picking bluegrass in his family band\, the Faris Family\, at the age of seven. He was destined for a successful career by getting a head start in his music from his father\, Bob Faris\, a professional touring musician in his own right. Bob played alongside Reba McEntire on many stages\, including the Grand Ole Opry. Rick’s family of six\, consisting of mom\, dad\, Rick\, and his three brothers\, toured extensively for many years honing their craft. Rick is known for his clear\, brilliant tenor voice that lends itself to all emotions of the music. He has a strong\, unique lead vocal and a guitar persona that sets him apart from the rest. While not touring\, he spends a large amount of his time with his family and honing his skills as a renowned luthier. He not only builds and repairs instruments for other people\, but he is currently touring with instruments he has built for himself. \n\n	\n\n\n\n	\n\n\n			\n	\n	\n		\n	Hotel Block\nLocated next door to the Hall of Fame\, The Hampton Inn & Suites Waterfront is the perfect option for accommodations when joining us for a concert!  Enjoy sweeping riverfront views while staying with our hotel partner. Call the Hampton Inn directly at:  270-685-2005. Mention the "Bluegrass Unlimited Workshop Weekend."
URL:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/event/jerry-garcia-farewell-weekend/
LOCATION:Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum\, 311 W 2nd St.\, Owensboro\, 42301\, USA
CATEGORIES:Concert,Events
ATTACH;FMTTYPE=image/jpeg:https://www.bluegrasshall.org/wp-content/uploads/2025/11/March-2025-Garcia-Square.jpg
GEO:37.775241;-87.114185
X-APPLE-STRUCTURED-LOCATION;VALUE=URI;X-ADDRESS=Bluegrass Music Hall of Fame & Museum 311 W 2nd St. Owensboro 42301 USA;X-APPLE-RADIUS=500;X-TITLE=311 W 2nd St.:geo:-87.114185,37.775241
END:VEVENT
END:VCALENDAR